Open main menu

Difference between revisions of "Module:Citation/CS1"

m (1 revision imported)
 
m (1 revision imported)
 
(6 intermediate revisions by 3 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
  
local cs1 ={};
+
require('Module:No globals');
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
 
  
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
date_name_xlate
 
  
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
]]
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;
 
  
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
  
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
+
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
+
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
  
 +
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 +
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
Line 23: Line 21:
 
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
  
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
+
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here
and used here
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
+
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
+
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
 
  
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
Line 49: Line 45:
 
local i = 1;
 
local i = 1;
 
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
 
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( list[i] ) then
+
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
 
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
 
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
 
end
 
end
 
i = i + 1; -- point to next
 
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
 
end
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
 
 
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 
 
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
 
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
 
 
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
 
 
]]
 
 
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
 
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
 
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
 
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 82: Line 58:
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
  
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
+
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 89: Line 65:
 
if not added_vanc_errs then
 
if not added_vanc_errs then
 
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 96: Line 72:
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
  
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
+
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Line 119: Line 95:
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
+
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
  
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
+
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
 
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
  
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
  
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
+
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
+
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
+
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
  
 
There are several tests:
 
There are several tests:
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
+
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
+
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
 
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
 
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
Line 141: Line 117:
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
  
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
+
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
Line 152: Line 128:
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
 
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
+
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
-- Do most common case first
+
 
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
+
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
 
return true;
 
else
 
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
 +
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
 +
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 +
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 +
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 +
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
 +
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
 +
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
 +
}
 +
 +
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
 +
if domain:match (pattern) then
 +
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
 +
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
 +
return true
 +
end
 +
end
 +
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
 
end
 
end
  
Line 182: Line 163:
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
  
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
+
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
  
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
Line 191: Line 172:
  
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
+
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
else
 
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
+
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 201: Line 182:
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
  
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
+
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
  
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
+
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
  
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
+
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
  
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
+
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 +
 +
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
 +
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
  
 
Strip off any port and path;
 
Strip off any port and path;
Line 219: Line 203:
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
  
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
+
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
+
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
+
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
+
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
 +
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
 +
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
Line 236: Line 226:
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
  
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
+
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
  
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
+
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
+
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
  
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
  
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
+
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
+
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 255: Line 245:
 
end
 
end
  
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
+
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
+
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
 
end
 
end
  
Line 264: Line 254:
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
  
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
+
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
 
that condition exists
 
that condition exists
 +
 +
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 +
code and must begin with a colon.
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 271: Line 264:
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
 
local orig;
 
local orig;
 
+
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
 
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
 +
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
 +
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
 +
 +
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
 +
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set (orig) then
+
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
+
link = ''; -- unset
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
 
end
 
end
  
Line 290: Line 291:
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
  
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
+
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
+
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
+
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
  
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
+
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
Line 301: Line 302:
  
 
local function check_url( url_str )
 
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
+
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
+
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
 
 
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
Line 312: Line 313:
 
end
 
end
 
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
+
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
 
end
 
end
  
Line 319: Line 320:
  
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
+
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
+
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
  
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
+
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
+
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
Line 332: Line 333:
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
+
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
+
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
else
 
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
+
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
 
end
 
end
  
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
+
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
 
end
 
end
  
Line 357: Line 358:
 
local error_message = '';
 
local error_message = '';
 
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
 
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
+
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
+
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
+
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
 
end
 
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
+
error_message = error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
+
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 378: Line 379:
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
 
 
Line 399: Line 400:
 
local path;
 
local path;
 
local base_url;
 
local base_url;
+
 
if not is_set( label ) then
+
if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
 
label = URL;
 
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
+
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
+
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
 
else
 
else
 
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
 
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
Line 409: Line 410:
 
end
 
end
 
if not check_url( URL ) then
 
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
+
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
 
end
 
end
 
 
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
+
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
+
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
+
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
 
end
 
end
 
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
 
label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines
 
  
base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal
+
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
{
+
 
'<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup
+
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
URL, -- the url
+
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
' ', -- the required space
 
label,
 
'<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css
 
cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon
 
'</span>', -- close signal spacing span
 
']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span
 
});
 
else
 
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
+
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
 
end
 
end
  
Line 446: Line 435:
 
parameters in the citation.
 
parameters in the citation.
  
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
+
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
  
 
]]
 
]]
Line 453: Line 442:
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
 
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Line 460: Line 449:
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
  
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
+
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
 
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
  
Line 466: Line 455:
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
+
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
  
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
+
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
 
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
 
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
  
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
+
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
  
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap='';
+
local cap = '';
local cap2='';
+
local cap2 = '';
 
local wl_type, label, link;
 
local wl_type, label, link;
  
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
+
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
 
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
 
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
 
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
+
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
+
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
+
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
 
end
 
end
  
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
+
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
+
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
  
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if is_set (cap) then
+
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
+
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if is_set (cap) then
+
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
+
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if 2 == wl_type then
 
if 2 == wl_type then
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
+
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
 
else
 
else
 
str = label;
 
str = label;
Line 517: Line 506:
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
  
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
+
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
 
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
in italic markup.
 
in italic markup.
  
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
+
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
  
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
+
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
 
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
 
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Line 531: Line 520:
 
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
 
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
  
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
+
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
 
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
  
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
+
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
  
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_script_value (script_value)
+
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local name;
 
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
+
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
+
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
end
 
end
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
+
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
+
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
+
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
 
else
 
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message
 
end
 
end
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
else
 
else
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
 
end
 
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
+
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
  
 
return script_value;
 
return script_value;
Line 575: Line 567:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
+
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if is_set (script) then
+
if utilities.is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
+
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if is_set (script) then
+
if utilities.is_set (script) then
 
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
end
 
end
Line 595: Line 587:
  
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not is_set( str ) then
+
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
 
return "";
 
return "";
 
end
 
end
Line 601: Line 593:
 
local msg;
 
local msg;
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
+
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
 
else
 
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
+
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >----------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else.
  
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
+
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
+
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local chapter_error = '';
+
local wl_type, D, L;
+
local ws_url, ws_label;
if not is_set (chapter) then
+
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 
else
 
if false == no_quotes then
 
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 
end
 
end
 
  
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
  
if is_set (transchapter) then
+
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
+
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if is_set (chapter) then
+
if utilities.is_set (str) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
+
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
+
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
chapter = transchapter; --  
+
str, -- article title
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
+
});
 +
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
 +
end
 +
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
 +
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 +
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 +
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 +
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 +
str, -- article title
 +
});
 +
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
 +
end
 +
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
 +
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 +
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 +
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
 +
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 +
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 +
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
 +
});
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
if is_set (chapterurl) then
+
if ws_url then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
+
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
 +
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of fragment marker
 
end
 
end
  
return chapter .. chapter_error;
+
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >--------------------------------------------
  
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
+
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-
first match.
+
parameter.
  
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
+
]]
  
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
+
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
+
local periodical_error = '';
  
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
+
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
 
+
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
+
else
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
+
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
parameter value.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
 
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
 
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
 
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
 
local i=1;
 
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
 
 
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
 
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
 
return;
 
 
end
 
end
  
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
+
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
 
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
 
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 
 
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
 
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
 
position = nil; -- unset position
 
end
 
end
 
 
if position then
 
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
 
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
 
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
 
position = nil; -- unset
 
else
 
local err_msg;
 
if capture then
 
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
 
else
 
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
 
end
 
  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
return; -- and done with this parameter
+
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
end
+
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
 +
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
 +
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
 +
periodical = trans_periodical;
 +
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
 
end
 
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return periodical .. periodical_error;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
  
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
+
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta-
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
+
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function argument_wrapper( args )
+
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local origin = {};
+
local chapter_error = '';
+
 
return setmetatable({
+
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
+
if ws_url then
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
+
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters
return origin[k];
+
chapter = ws_label;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
 +
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 +
else
 +
if false == no_quotes then
 +
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
 +
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
 +
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 +
elseif ws_url then
 +
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
 +
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
 +
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
 +
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
 +
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
 +
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
 +
chapter = trans_chapter;
 +
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
 +
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
 
end
 
end
},
+
end
{
+
 
__index = function ( tbl, k )
+
return chapter .. chapter_error;
if origin[k] ~= nil then
 
return nil;
 
end
 
 
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
 
 
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
 
if origin[k] == nil then
 
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
 
end
 
elseif list ~= nil then
 
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
 
else
 
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
 
end
 
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
if v == nil then
 
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
end
 
 
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
 
return v;
 
end,
 
});
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
  
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
+
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
 +
first match.
  
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
+
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
true - active, supported parameters
 
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 
nil - unsupported parameters
 
 
]]
 
  
local function validate( name, cite_class )
+
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
local name = tostring( name );
+
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
local state;
+
 
+
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
+
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[ name ];
+
parameter value.
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
  
if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates
+
]]
state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name];
 
end
 
if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then
 
state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name];
 
end
 
if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then
 
state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name];
 
end
 
  
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
if false == state then
+
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
return true;
+
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
end
+
local i = 1;
-- limited enumerated parameters list
+
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#)
+
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ name ];
+
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
if false == state then
+
return;
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
end
return true;
 
end
 
  
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
+
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
+
local char = cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
 +
local pattern = cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
 +
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 +
 +
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
 +
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
 +
position = nil; -- unset position
 +
end
 +
end
 
 
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
+
if position then
+
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
if false == state then
+
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
return true;
+
position = nil; -- unset
end
+
else
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
+
local err_msg;
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
+
if capture then
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
+
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
 +
else
 +
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
 +
end
  
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if false == state then
+
return; -- and done with this parameter
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
end
return true;
+
end
 +
i = i+1; -- bump our index
 
end
 
end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
  
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
+
Argument wrapperThis function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
+
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
  
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
+
]]
  
]]
+
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
 
+
local origin = {};
local function nowrap_date (date)
 
local cap='';
 
local cap2='';
 
 
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 
 
 
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
+
return setmetatable({
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
+
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
+
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
end
+
return origin[k];
 
return date;
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
 
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
 
if is_set(title_type) then
 
if "none" == title_type then
 
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
 
 
end
 
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
+
},
end
+
{
 
+
__index = function ( tbl, k )
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
+
if origin[k] ~= nil then
 +
return nil;
 +
end
 +
 +
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
 +
 +
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 +
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
 +
if origin[k] == nil then
 +
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
 +
end
 +
elseif list ~= nil then
 +
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
 +
else
 +
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 +
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 +
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 +
if v == nil then
 +
v = '';
 +
origin[k] = '';
 +
end
 +
 +
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
 +
return v;
 +
end,
 +
});
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
 +
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
  
Converts a hyphen to a dash
+
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
+
local function nowrap_date (date)
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
+
local cap = '';
return str;
+
local cap2 = '';
end
+
 
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
+
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 +
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 +
 +
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
 +
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
 +
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
 +
end
 +
 +
return date;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
  
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
+
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
 +
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
+
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
--[[
+
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
+
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
+
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
+
end
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
+
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
+
end
]]
+
 
+
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
local str = ''; -- the output string
+
end
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
+
 
local end_chr = '';
+
 
local trim;
+
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 
if value == nil then value = ''; end
 
 
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
 
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
elseif value ~= '' then
 
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
 
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
 
else
 
comp = value;
 
end
 
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
 
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
 
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
 
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
 
trim = false;
 
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
 
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
 
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
 
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
 
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
 
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
 
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
 
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
 
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
 
trim = true; -- same question
 
end
 
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
 
trim = true;
 
elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
 
trim = true;
 
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 
trim = true;
 
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 
trim = true;
 
end
 
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
 
end
 
end
 
  
if trim then
+
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
+
returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
+
letter - letter (A - B)
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
+
digit - digit (4-5)
+
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
+
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
else
+
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
 
end
 
end
 
return str;
 
end 
 
  
 +
any other forms are returned unmodified.
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
+
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list
 
 
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_suffix (suffix)
+
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
+
if not utilities.is_set (str) then
return true;
+
return str;
 
end
 
end
return false;
 
end
 
  
 +
local accept; -- Boolean
 +
str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
 +
if accept then
 +
return str; -- when markup removed, nothing to do, we're done
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
+
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
 +
str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
 +
str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character
 +
 +
local out = {};
 +
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
  
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name
+
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
+
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
+
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
+
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
 +
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
 +
item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit
 +
item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter
 +
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
 +
else
 +
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
 +
end
 +
end
 +
item = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
 +
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
 +
end
  
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
+
return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
+
end
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
  
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
  
This original test:
+
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
 
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
 
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
 
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
 
  
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
+
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
 
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
 
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
+
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
+
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
 
+
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
if is_set (suffix) then
+
f.gsub = string.gsub
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
+
f.match = string.match
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
+
f.sub = string.sub
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
+
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
 +
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
 +
f.match = mw.ustring.match
 +
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
 
end
 
end
end
 
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
 
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
 
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
 
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
 
end;
 
return true;
 
end
 
  
 +
local str = ''; -- the output string
 +
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
 +
local end_chr = '';
 +
local trim;
 +
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 +
if value == nil then value = ''; end
 +
 +
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
 +
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 +
elseif value ~= '' then
 +
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
 +
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
 +
else
 +
comp = value;
 +
end
 +
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
 +
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
 +
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
 +
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
 +
trim = false;
 +
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
 +
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
 +
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
 +
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
 +
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
 +
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
 +
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
 +
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
 +
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
 +
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
 +
trim = true; -- same question
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
 +
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 +
trim = true;
 +
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 +
trim = true;
 +
end
 +
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 +
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 +
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
 +
end
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
+
if trim then
 
+
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
+
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 
+
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
+
 
+
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
+
else
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
+
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 
+
end
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
 
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
 
 
 
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
 
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
 
end
 
 
 
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
 
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
 
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
 
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
 
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 
else
 
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
 
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 
 
end
 
end
else
 
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
 
 
end
 
end
 +
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
 
end
 
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
+
end
 +
return str;
 +
end
  
  
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
+
 
 +
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.  Puncutation not allowed.
  
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
+
]]
  
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
+
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
+
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
+
return true;
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
 
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
 
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
 
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
 
end
 
if 3 > i then
 
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
 
end
 
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
 
 
end
 
end
+
return false;
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< L I S _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
  
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
+
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
 +
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 +
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 +
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
  
]]
+
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
 
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
local sep;
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
local namesep;
+
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
local format = control.format
+
 
local maximum = control.maximum
+
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
+
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
local text = {}
+
 
 +
This original test:
 +
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
 +
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
 +
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary
 +
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
 +
 
 +
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
 +
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
 +
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
 +
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
 +
 
 +
]]
  
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
+
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix)
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
+
if not suffix then
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
+
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
else
+
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
+
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
+
end
 
end
 
end
+
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
+
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);
+
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
+
end
if is_set(person.last) then
 
local mask = person.mask
 
local one
 
local sep_one = sep;
 
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
 
etal = true;
 
break;
 
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
 
local n = tonumber(mask)
 
if (n ~= nil) then
 
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
 
else
 
one = mask;
 
sep_one = " ";
 
end
 
else
 
one = person.last
 
local first = person.first
 
if is_set(first) then
 
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
 
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
 
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 
end
 
end
 
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 
end
 
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
 
end
 
end
 
table.insert( text, one )
 
table.insert( text, sep_one )
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
 +
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
 +
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char']);
 +
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
 +
end;
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
  
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
+
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
if count > 0 then
 
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
 
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
 
end
 
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 
end
 
 
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
 
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
 
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 
end
 
 
return result, count
 
end
 
  
 +
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. 
  
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
+
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
  
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a dateOtherwise returns an empty string.
+
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etcSee http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
 +
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
  
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
+
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
  
 
]]
 
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
+
 
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
+
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
+
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
names[i] = v.last
+
 
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
+
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
 +
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
 
end
 
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
 
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
 
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
 
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
 
else
 
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
 
end
 
end
 
  
 +
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
 +
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
 +
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
 +
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
 +
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 +
else
 +
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
 +
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 +
end
 +
else
 +
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
+
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
 +
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
+
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
  
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
+
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
+
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
 
+
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
]]
+
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
 
+
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
+
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
 
+
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
+
end
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
+
if 3 > i then
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
+
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
 
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
 
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
 
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
 
end
 
end
return name, etal; --  
+
 +
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
 +
 
 +
names in the list will be linked when
 +
|<name>-link= has a value
 +
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
+
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
 
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
+
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local _, pattern;
+
local sep;
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
+
local namesep;
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
+
local format = control.format;
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
+
local maximum = control.maximum;
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
+
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; -- TODO: delete after deprecation
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
+
local name_list = {};
+
 
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
+
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
+
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
+
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
+
lastauthoramp = nil; -- TODO: delete after deprecation -- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
+
else
}
+
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
 +
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 +
end
 +
 +
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
 +
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
 +
 +
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
 +
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
 +
local mask = person.mask;
 +
local one;
 +
local sep_one = sep;
  
if is_set (name) then
+
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
+
etal = true;
if name:match (pattern) then
 
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
 
 
break;
 
break;
 
end
 
end
end
+
end
+
if mask then
return name; -- and done
+
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
end
+
if n then
 +
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;",n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
 +
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
 +
else
 +
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
 +
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
 +
end
 +
else
 +
one = person.last; -- get surname
 +
local first = person.first -- get given name
 +
if utilities.is_set (first) then
 +
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
 +
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 +
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
 +
first = reduce_to_initials (first); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 +
end
 +
end
 +
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
 +
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
 +
end
 +
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
 +
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
 +
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
 +
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
 +
if 0 < count then
 +
if 1 < count and not etal then
 +
if 'amp' == format or utilities.is_set (lastauthoramp) then -- TODO: delete lastauthoramp after deprecation
 +
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
 +
elseif 'and' == format then
 +
if 2 == count then
 +
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
 +
else
 +
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
+
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
 +
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
 +
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 +
end
 +
 +
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
 +
end
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
 
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
 
(author or editor) maintenance category.
 
  
]]
+
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
  
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
+
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
local count, _;
 
if is_set (name) then
 
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
 
 
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
 
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
 
end
 
end
 
return name; -- and done
 
end
 
  
 
+
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
 
parameters.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
+
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
if is_set (last) then
+
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
+
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
+
names[i] = v.last  
else
+
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
 
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
if is_set (first) then
+
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
+
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
+
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
else
+
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
+
else
end
+
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
 
return last, first; -- done
 
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments
+
 
 +
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
 +
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
  
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
+
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
+
previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
 
  
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
+
]]
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
 
  
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
+
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
 
  
]]
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
 
+
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
 
local names = {}; -- table of names
 
local last; -- individual name components
 
local first;
 
local link;
 
local mask;
 
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
 
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
 
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
 
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
 
 
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
 
while true do
 
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
 
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
 
 
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
 
 
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
+
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
+
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
+
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
+
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
 +
end
 
end
 
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
 
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
 
 
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
 
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
end
 
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
 
 
end
 
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
 
 
end
 
end
+
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
+
return name, etal;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >------------------------------------------------
  
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
+
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so
 +
|last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.
  
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
+
returns nothing
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
 
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
 
return the original language name string.
 
  
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
+
]]
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
+
 
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
+
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  These names can be found (for the time being) at
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php
+
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
  
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example,
+
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'When names are found
+
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parametersIf found, the function
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
+
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
  
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
+
returns nothing
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
+
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
local remap = {
+
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
['bangla'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki returns Bangla (the endonym) but we want Bengali (the exonym); here we remap
 
['bengali'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki doesn't use exonym so here we provide correct language name and 639-1 code
 
['bihari'] = {'Bihari', 'bh'}, -- MediaWiki replace 'Bihari' with 'Bhojpuri' so 'Bihari' cannot be found
 
['bhojpuri'] = {'Bhojpuri', 'bho'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri wWikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org
 
}
 
 
if remap[lang:lower()] then
 
return remap[lang:lower()][1], remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
 
end
 
  
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
+
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
+
if name:match (pattern) then
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
+
break;
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
 
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
 
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
 
 
end
 
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
  
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
+
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are indicated
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
+
if there is more than one comma or any semicolons.  If found, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
  
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
+
returns nothing
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
 
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
 
 
 
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
 
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
 
 
 
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
 
separated from each other by commas.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function language_parameter (lang)
+
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
+
local _, commas, semicolons;
local name; -- the language name
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
+
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
+
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
 +
 +
if 1 < commas or 0 < semicolons then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
  
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
 
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
 
  
local remap = {
+
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
['bh'] = 'Bihari', -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri wWikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org
+
parameters.
['bn'] = 'Bengali', -- MediaWiki returns Bangla
 
}
 
  
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
+
]]
  
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
+
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
 +
local accept_name;
  
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
+
if utilities.is_set (last) then
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
+
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
 +
 +
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
 +
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
 +
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
 +
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
 
end
 
end
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
+
end
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
+
 
end
+
if utilities.is_set (first) then
+
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
 
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
 
else
 
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 
end
 
 
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
 
name = remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
 
  
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
+
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
+
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
+
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
 
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 
 
end
 
end
 
table.insert (language_list, name);
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
 
end
 
end
+
 
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
+
return last, first; -- done
if 2 >= code then
 
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
 
elseif 2 < code then
 
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
 
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 
end
 
if this_wiki_name == name then
 
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 
end
 
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
 
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
 
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
 
]]
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
 +
Gets name list from the input arguments
  
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
+
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
 +
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
 +
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
  
]]
+
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
 +
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
  
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
+
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
+
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the  
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
+
template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
end
 
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
 
end
 
  
 +
]]
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
+
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
 +
local names = {}; -- table of names
 +
local last; -- individual name components
 +
local first;
 +
local link;
 +
local mask;
 +
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
 +
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
 +
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
 +
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
  
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
+
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
 +
while true do
 +
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
 +
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 +
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 +
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
  
]]
+
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
 +
 +
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
 +
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
 +
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
 +
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
 +
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
 +
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 +
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 +
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 +
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
 +
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
 +
end
 +
else -- we have last with or without a first
 +
local result;
 +
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 +
if first then
 +
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 +
end
  
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
+
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
+
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
+
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 +
end
 +
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
 +
end
 +
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
 
end
 
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
+
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
+
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end
 
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
  
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
+
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
rendered style.
 
  
]]
+
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
 +
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
 +
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
 +
return the original language name string.
  
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
+
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
local sep;
+
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
+
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
+
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames()
else -- not a citation template so CS1
+
can be found at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
end
 
  
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
+
Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
end
+
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
 +
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the WikiMedia language name.
  
 +
Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
 +
Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup
 +
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
+
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
 
 
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
 
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
+
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
local sep;
+
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
+
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
 
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
 
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
 
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
 
end
 
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
+
 
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
+
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
 +
local ietf_name;
 +
 +
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons
 +
 
 +
for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
 +
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
 +
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
 +
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
 +
end
 +
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
 +
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
 +
end
 
end
 
end
+
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
return sep, ps, ref
+
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
  
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
+
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
applying the pdf icon to external links.
+
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
  
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
+
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
 +
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
 +
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
  
]=]
+
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
 +
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not.
  
local function is_pdf (url)
+
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
+
separated from each other by commas with optional space characters.
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
 
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
 
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
 
the appropriate styling.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
+
local function language_parameter (lang)
if is_set (format) then
+
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
+
local name; -- the language name
if not is_set (url) then
+
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
+
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
end
 
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
 
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
 
else
 
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
end
 
return format;
 
end
 
  
 +
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
+
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
  
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
+
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
+
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
+
if name then -- there was a remapped code so
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
+
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag
some variant of the text 'et al.').
+
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code
 +
end
 +
else
 +
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code
 +
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
 +
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
 +
end
 +
end
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
+
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
+
else
 
+
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
 
 
inputs:
 
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
 
count: #a or #e
 
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
 
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
 
if is_set (max) then
 
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
 
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
 
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
 
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
 
end
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
 
 
return max, etal;
+
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
end
+
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
  
 +
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
 +
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
 +
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
 +
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
 +
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
 +
end
 +
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
 +
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it
 +
end
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 +
end
 +
 +
table.insert (language_list, name);
 +
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 +
end
 +
 +
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
 +
 +
if this_wiki_name == name then
 +
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 +
end
 +
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
 +
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
 +
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
 +
]]
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
 
  
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
 
  
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
+
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
+
At en.wiki, for cs1:
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
+
ps gets: '.'
 +
sep gets: '.'
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
+
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
+
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitly set to something
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
+
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
 
 
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
 
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
  
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
+
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
+
At en.wiki, for cs2:
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
+
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
 +
sep gets: ','
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
 +
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
 +
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
 +
end
 +
if not utilities.is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
 +
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 +
end
 +
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
  
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
+
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
 +
rendered style.
  
]=]
+
]]
  
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
+
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
+
local sep;
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
+
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
+
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
local i = 1;
+
else -- not a citation template so CS1
+
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
while name_table[i] do
+
end
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
+
 
local name = name_table[i];
+
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
 
while name_table[i] do
 
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
 
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
 
break; -- and done reassembling so
 
end
 
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
 
end
 
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
 
else
 
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 
if 1 == wl_type then
 
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
 
else
 
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
 
end
 
end
 
i = i+1;
 
end
 
return output_table;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
  
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
+
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citationUses |mode= if set and valid or uses
|xxxxor-linkn= in argsIt then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
+
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
 
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
 
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
 
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
 
 
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
 
 
 
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
+
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
+
local sep;
local v_name_table = {};
+
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
+
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
+
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
+
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
local corporate = false;
+
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
 +
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
 +
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
 +
end
 +
 +
return sep, ps, ref
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
 +
applying the PDF icon to external links.
 +
 
 +
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
  
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
+
]=]
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
 
  
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
+
local function is_pdf (url)
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
+
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
+
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
+
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
 
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
 
end
 
local lastfirstTable = {}
 
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
 
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
 
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
 
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
 
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
 
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
 
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
 
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
 
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
 
end
 
else
 
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
end
 
 
if is_set (first) then
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
 
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
 
end
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
 
if is_set (suffix) then
 
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
 
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
 
end
 
else
 
if not corporate then
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
 
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
end
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
  
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
+
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
+
not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that
 +
is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
 +
the appropriate styling.
  
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
+
]]
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
 
  
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
+
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
+
if utilities.is_set (format) then
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
+
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
 +
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
 +
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
 +
end
 +
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
 +
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
 +
else
 +
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 +
end
 +
return format;
 +
end
  
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
  
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
+
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >--------------------------------------------
  
]]
+
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag
 +
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
  
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
+
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
local lastfirst = false;
+
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
+
some variant of the text 'et al.').
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
 
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
 
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
 
lastfirst=true;
 
end
 
  
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
+
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
+
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
+
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
local err_name;
 
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
 
err_name = 'author';
 
else
 
err_name = 'editor';
 
end
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
 
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
  
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
+
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
 
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
 
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
 
end
 
  
 +
inputs:
 +
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
 +
count: #a or #e
 +
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
 +
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
+
]]
  
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
+
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
+
if utilities.is_set (max) then
in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
+
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
+
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
 
+
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
]]
+
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 
+
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
+
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
if not is_set (value) then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
+
max = nil;
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
+
end
return true;
+
else -- not a valid keyword or number
else
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
+
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
return false
+
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return max, etal;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
 +
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
  
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
+
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
+
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
+
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
single space character.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
+
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
+
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
return name_list; -- just return the name list
+
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
+
 
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
+
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
else
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text'); -- add maint cat;
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
+
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
 +
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
 +
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
 +
 
 +
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
  
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
+
]=]
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
 
  
]]
+
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
 +
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
 +
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
 
 
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
+
local i = 1;
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
 
return '';
 
end
 
 
 
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
+
while name_table[i] do
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
+
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
+
local name = name_table[i];
elseif is_set (volume) then
+
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
+
while name_table[i] do
else
+
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
+
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
end
+
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
+
end
 
+
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
local vol = '';
+
end
+
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
if is_set (volume) then
+
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
 
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
 
 
else
 
else
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
+
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 +
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 +
if 1 == wl_type then
 +
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
 +
else
 +
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
 +
end
 
end
 
end
end
+
i = i + 1;
if is_set (issue) then
+
end
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
+
return output_table;
end
 
return vol;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
 +
 
 +
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
 +
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
 +
 
 +
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
 +
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
 +
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
  
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
+
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
The return order is:
 
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
  
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
+
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
+
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
+
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
if is_set (sheet) then
+
local v_name_table = {};
if 'journal' == origin then
+
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
+
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
else
+
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
+
local corporate = false;
 +
 
 +
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
 +
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
 +
 
 +
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
 +
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 +
local accept_name;
 +
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
 +
 
 +
-- if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to suppress vanc formatting and error detection
 +
-- last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parentheses
 +
if accept_name then
 +
last = v_name;
 +
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 +
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 +
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
 +
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation);
 +
end
 +
local lastfirstTable = {}
 +
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
 +
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
 +
 
 +
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
 +
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
 +
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
 +
end
 +
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
 +
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
 +
first = ''; -- unset
 +
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
 +
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name);
 +
end
 +
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
 +
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
+
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
if 'journal' == origin then
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two initials
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
 
else
 
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
 
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
end
 
end
end
+
 
+
if utilities.is_set (first) then
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
+
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
if is_set (page) then
+
end
if is_journal then
+
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
+
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
elseif not nopp then
+
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
 +
end
 
else
 
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
if not corporate then
end
+
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
elseif is_set(pages) then
+
end
if is_journal then
 
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
 
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
 
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
elseif not nopp then
 
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
else
 
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
 +
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 +
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
end
 
end
+
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
  
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the  
+
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
+
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
 
unwitting readers to do.
 
  
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
+
Only one of these appropriate three will be usedThe hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result[[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
+
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
  
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
+
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
|archive-date= and an error message when:
+
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
+
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
 
correct place
 
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
  
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
+
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
 
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
  
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
+
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
 
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
  
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
+
]]
archive url:
 
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
 
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
 
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
 
  
]=]
+
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
 
+
local lastfirst = false;
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
+
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
+
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
+
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
+
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
+
lastfirst = true;
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
 
end
 
end
  
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
+
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
err_msg = 'save command';
+
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
+
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
+
local err_name;
err_msg = 'liveweb';
+
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
else
+
err_name = 'author';
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
+
else
+
err_name = 'editor';
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
 
err_msg = 'timestamp';
 
if '*' ~= flag then
 
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
err_msg = 'path';
+
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = 'flag';
 
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = 'flag';
 
else
 
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
-- if here, something not right so
+
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
+
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
+
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
 +
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
 +
 
 +
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
 +
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
 +
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
 +
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
 +
specified by ret_val.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
 +
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
 +
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
 +
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
 +
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
 
else
 
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
 +
return ret_val;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
  
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
+
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parametersIf found, then the string is possibly a
+
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
parameter that is missing its pipe:
+
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink)When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
+
single space character.
 
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
 
tags are removed before the search.
 
 
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
+
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
local capture;
+
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
+
return name_list; -- just return the name list
 
+
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
+
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
+
else
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
+
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
  
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
+
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
 +
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
  
 
]]
 
]]
 +
 +
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
 +
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
 +
return '';
 +
end
 +
 +
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
 +
else
 +
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 +
end
 +
end
  
local function citation0( config, args)
+
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
--[[
+
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
Load Input Parameters
+
end
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
 
]]
 
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
 
local i
 
  
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
+
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
+
 +
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
 +
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
 +
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face
 +
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
 +
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); -- not bold
 +
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
 +
else -- four or less characters
 +
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
 +
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
 +
end
 +
return vol;
 +
end
  
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
 
local Mode = A['Mode'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
 
Mode = '';
 
end
 
  
local author_etal;
+
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 
local Authors;
 
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
 
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
  
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
+
The return order is:
if 1 == selected then
+
page, pages, sheet, sheets
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
+
 
elseif 2 == selected then
+
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
+
 
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
+
]]
elseif 3 == selected then
+
 
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
+
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
+
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
+
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
 +
if 'journal' == origin then
 +
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
 +
else
 +
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
 +
if 'journal' == origin then
 +
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
 +
else
 +
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
 
end
 
end
end
 
if is_set (Collaboration) then
 
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local Others = A['Others'];
+
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
 
+
local editor_etal;
+
if utilities.is_set (page) then
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
+
if is_journal then
local Editors;
+
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
 
+
elseif not nopp then
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
+
else
if 1 == selected then
+
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
+
end
elseif 2 == selected then
+
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
+
if is_journal then
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
+
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif 3 == selected then
+
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
+
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
+
elseif not nopp then
 +
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 +
else
 +
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
 +
end
  
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
 
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
 
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
  
local interviewers_list = {};
+
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
+
 
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
+
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
+
 
else
+
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
+
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to and external link and
end
+
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
 +
 
 +
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
 +
 
 +
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
 +
to a new name)?
  
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
+
]]
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
+
 
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
+
local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
+
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
+
 
+
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if 0 < #c then
+
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
+
pages = ''; -- unset the others
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
+
at = '';
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
+
end
end
+
extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
+
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
+
if ws_url then
end
+
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 +
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
 +
coins_pages = ws_label;
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (at) then
 +
at = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 +
 
 +
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
 +
if ws_url then
 +
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 +
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
 +
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
end
 
end
else -- if not a book cite
+
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
+
if ws_url then
 +
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 +
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
 +
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
end
 
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
 +
end
  
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
 
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
end
 
  
local Year = A['Year'];
+
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
 
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
 
local Date = A['Date'];
 
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
 
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
 
local Title = A['Title'];
 
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
 
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
 
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
 
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
 
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
 
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
  
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
+
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
+
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
+
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
+
unwitting readers to do.
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
+
 
local Degree = A['Degree'];
+
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
local Docket = A['Docket'];
+
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
  
local ArchiveDate;
+
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
local ArchiveURL;
+
|archive-date= and an error message when:
 +
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
 +
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
 +
correct place
 +
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
  
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
+
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
+
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
+
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
 
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
end
 
  
local URL = A['URL']
+
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
+
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
+
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
 
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
 
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
 
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
 
  
local Series = A['Series'];
+
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
+
archive URL:
local Volume;
+
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
local Issue;
+
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
local Page;
+
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
local Pages;
 
local At;
 
  
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
+
]=]
Volume = A['Volume'];
+
 
 +
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
 +
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
 +
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
 +
 +
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
 +
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
-- conference & map books do not support issue
+
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
+
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
Issue = A['Issue'];
+
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
 +
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
 +
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
 +
else
 +
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
 +
 +
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
 +
if '*' ~= flag then
 +
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
 +
else
 +
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 +
end
 
end
 
end
local Position = '';
+
-- if here, something not right so
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
Page = A['Page'];
+
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
+
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
At = A['At'];
+
else
 +
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
local Edition = A['Edition'];
 
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
 
local Place = A['Place'];
 
 
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
RegistrationRequired=nil;
 
end
 
  
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
+
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
 
end
 
  
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
+
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
+
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
UrlAccess = nil;
 
end
 
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
 
UrlAccess = nil;
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
  
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
+
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
 
end
 
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
 
end
 
  
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
+
]]
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
+
 
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
+
local function place_check (param_val)
end
+
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
+
return param_val; -- return that empty state
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
+
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
+
end
+
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
 +
end
 +
 +
return param_val; -- and done
 +
end
  
local Via = A['Via'];
 
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
 
local Agency = A['Agency'];
 
  
local Language = A['Language'];
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
local Format = A['Format'];
 
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
 
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
 
local ID = A['ID'];
 
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
 
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
end
 
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
  
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
+
compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns.  Returns true when pattern matches; nil else
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
 
  
local Quote = A['Quote'];
+
the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
 +
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
 +
index [1].  index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
 +
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
 +
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
  
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
+
]]
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
 
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
 
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
 
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
 
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
 
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
  
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
+
local function is_generic_title (title)
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
+
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do --spin through the list of known generic title fragments
 +
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
 +
return true; -- found English generic title so done
 +
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
 +
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
 +
return true; -- found local generic title so done
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
  
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
 
end
 
  
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
+
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
 
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
 
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
 
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
 
  
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
+
]]
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
 
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
 
end
 
  
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
+
local function is_archived_copy (title)
local PostScript;
+
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
local Ref;
+
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
+
return true;
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
+
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
 
+
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
+
return true;
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
 
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
end
 
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
 
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
break; -- bail out if one is found
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
  
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
+
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
 
  
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
+
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
NoPP = true;
 
else
 
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
 
end
 
  
if is_set(Page) then
+
]]
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
 
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
 
At = '';
 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 
if is_set(At) then
 
At = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
end
 
  
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
+
local function citation0( config, args)
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
+
--[[  
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
+
Load Input Parameters
end
+
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
 
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
 
 
--[[
 
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 
When the citation has these parameters:
 
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
 
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
 
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
 
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
 
 
 
]]
 
]]
 +
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
 +
local i
 +
 +
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
 +
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
  
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
+
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
  
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
+
local author_etal;
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
+
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
+
local Authors;
if not is_set(Chapter) then
 
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
  
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
+
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
+
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
end
 
Title = Periodical;
 
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
TransTitle = '';
 
URL = '';
 
Format = '';
 
TitleLink = '';
 
ScriptTitle = '';
 
end
 
else -- |title not set
 
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- Special case for cite techreport.
+
do -- to limit scope of selected
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
+
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
+
if 1 == selected then
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
+
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
+
elseif 2 == selected then
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
+
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
+
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 +
elseif 3 == selected then
 +
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
 +
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
 
end
 
end
end
+
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
 +
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- special case for cite mailing list
+
local Others = A['Others'];
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
+
 
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
+
local editor_etal;
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
+
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
+
local Editors;
 +
 
 +
do -- to limit scope of selected
 +
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
 +
if 1 == selected then
 +
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 +
elseif 2 == selected then
 +
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
 +
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 +
elseif 3 == selected then
 +
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
local translator_etal;
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
+
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
if is_set(BookTitle) then
+
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
Chapter = Title;
+
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
+
 
ChapterURL = URL;
+
local interviewer_etal;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
local interviewers_list = {};
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
+
local Interviewers; -- used later
URLorigin = '';
+
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
ChapterFormat = Format;
+
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
local contributor_etal;
Title = BookTitle;
+
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
Format = '';
+
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
-- TitleLink = '';
+
 
TransTitle = '';
+
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
URL = '';
+
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
 +
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
 +
if 'contribution' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
 +
Contribution = A['Chapter']; -- get the name of the contribution
 
end
 
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
end
 
  
-- cite map oddities
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
local Cartography = "";
+
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Scale = "";
 
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
 
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
 
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
 
Chapter = A['Map'];
 
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
 
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
 
 
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
+
if 0 < #c then
if is_set( Cartography ) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
end
+
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
Scale = A['Scale'];
+
end
if is_set( Scale ) then
+
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
 +
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else -- if not a book cite
 +
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
 +
end
 +
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (Others) then
 +
if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
local Year = A['Year'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
+
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
+
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
+
local Date = A['Date'];
 +
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
 +
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
 +
local Title = A['Title'];
 +
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
 +
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
 +
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 +
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
 +
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
 +
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
 +
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
 +
 
 +
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
 +
local accept_link;
 +
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
 +
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
 +
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
 +
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
 +
end
  
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
+
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
  
local Network = A['Network'];
+
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
local Station = A['Station'];
+
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
local s, n = {}, {};
+
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
-- do common parameters first
+
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
 
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 
 
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
 
Date = AirDate;
 
 
end
 
end
  
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
+
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local Season = A['Season'];
+
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
+
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
 +
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 +
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
 +
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 +
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 +
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 +
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 +
 
 +
local ArchiveDate;
 +
local ArchiveURL;
  
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
+
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 
end
 
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
 
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
 
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
 
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 
 
 
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
+
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
+
 
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
+
local URL = A['URL']
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
ChapterURL = URL;
+
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
+
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
+
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
+
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
  
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
+
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
+
local Periodical_origin = '';
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
+
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
end
+
local i;
URL = ''; -- unset
+
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
TransTitle = '';
+
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
ScriptTitle = '';
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
+
end
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
 
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
 
end
 
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
do
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
 
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
 
 
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
 
 
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
+
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
+
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
 
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
 
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
+
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
+
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
 
end
 
  
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
+
-- web and news not tested for now because of
if not is_set (Date) then
+
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
+
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
+
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
+
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
+
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
+
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
 +
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
  
--[[
+
local Series = A['Series'];
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
 
we get the date used in the metadata.
 
 
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
local Volume;
]]
+
local Issue;
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
+
local Page;
local error_message = '';
+
local Pages;
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
+
local At;
local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
 
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year};
 
 
 
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
 
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
 
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
 
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
 
end
 
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
 
 
 
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
 
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
 
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
 
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
 
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
 
end
 
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
 
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
 
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
 
end
 
end
 
 
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
 
local modified = false; -- flag
 
 
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
 
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
 
end
 
  
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
+
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
modified = true;
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
+
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
 +
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
 
end
 
end
+
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
+
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
+
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then
 
-- modified = true;
 
-- end
 
 
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
 
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
 
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
 
Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
 
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
 
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
 
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
 
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
 
end
 
end
end -- end of do
+
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
 
+
Volume = A['Volume'];
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
+
end
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
 
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
 
 
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
 
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
 
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
  
 +
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
 +
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
 +
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
 +
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
 +
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
+
local Position = '';
-- Test if citation has no title
+
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
if not is_set(Title) and
+
Page = A['Page'];
not is_set(TransTitle) and
+
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
+
At = A['At'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
 
else
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
local Edition = A['Edition'];
 +
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
 +
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
 
 
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
+
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
+
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
+
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 +
local i = 0;
 +
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
 +
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
+
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
['title']=Title,
+
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
 
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
 
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
 
});
 
  
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
+
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
+
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
+
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
+
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
+
end
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
 
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
 
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 
coins_title = Periodical;
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
 
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
+
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
 
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- this is the function call to COinS()
+
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
+
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
+
UrlAccess = nil;
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
+
end
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
+
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
+
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
+
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
+
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
+
end
['Series'] = Series,
 
['Volume'] = Volume,
 
['Issue'] = Issue,
 
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
 
['Edition'] = Edition,
 
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
 
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 
['Authors'] = coins_author,
 
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 
}, config.CitationClass);
 
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
+
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
+
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
+
MapUrlAccess = nil;
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
  
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
+
local Via = A['Via'];
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
+
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
if is_set (PublisherName) then
+
local Agency = A['Agency'];
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
 
end
 
end
 
  
 +
local Language = A['Language'];
 +
local Format = A['Format'];
 +
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
 +
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
 +
local ID = A['ID'];
 +
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
 +
local IgnoreISBN = is_valid_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN('IgnoreISBN'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
 +
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 +
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
  
 +
local Quote = A['Quote'];
 +
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
 +
local QuotePages = A['QuotePages'];
 +
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
 +
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
  
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
+
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
+
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
+
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
+
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
do
+
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local last_first_list;
+
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local control = {
+
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
 
mode = Mode
 
};
 
  
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
+
local LastAuthorAmp = is_valid_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN('LastAuthorAmp'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
 
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
  
if is_set (Editors) then
+
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
if editor_etal then
+
if 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_nocat'); -- this one so that we get the message; see main categorization at end of citation0()
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
+
end
else
+
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
+
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
end
+
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
else
+
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
+
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
end
+
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
  
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
+
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
+
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
 +
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
 +
local PostScript;
 +
local Ref = A['Ref'];
 +
if 'harv' == Ref then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
 +
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
 +
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally
 +
end
 +
 +
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass);
 +
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 +
 
 +
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
 +
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
 +
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
 +
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
 +
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
 +
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 +
break; -- bail out if one is found
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
do -- now do interviewers
+
end
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
+
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
+
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
end
+
 
do -- now do translators
+
local coins_pages;
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
+
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
+
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);
end
 
do -- now do contributors
 
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
 
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
 
end
 
do -- now do authors
 
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
  
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
+
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
  
if is_set (Authors) then
+
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if author_etal then
+
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
+
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
 
else
 
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
end
 
end -- end of do
 
 
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
 
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
 +
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
 
end
 
end
  
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
+
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
+
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
+
--[[
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
+
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
+
When the citation has these parameters:
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
+
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
+
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=
 +
 
 +
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
 +
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
 +
 +
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
 +
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
  
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
+
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
+
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
+
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
+
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
if not is_set(URL) then
+
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
+
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
 
end
 
end
+
 
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
+
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
+
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
+
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
AccessDate = '';
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
+
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
+
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
+
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
+
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
+
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
+
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL')
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
 
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
end
 
elseif is_set (URL) then
 
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
 
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
 
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
 
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
 
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
 
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
+
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 
local chap_param;
 
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
 
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
 
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
 
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
 
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 
end
 
  
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
+
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
+
end
TransChapter = '';
+
Title = Periodical;
ChapterURL = '';
+
ChapterFormat = Format;
ScriptChapter = '';
+
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
ChapterFormat = '';
+
TransTitle = '';
end
+
URL = '';
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
+
Format = '';
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
+
TitleLink = '';
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
+
ScriptTitle = '';
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
+
end
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
+
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set
 +
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
+
-- special case for cite techreport.
if is_set (Chapter) then
+
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
+
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
+
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
 +
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
 
end
 
end
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
+
end
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
 
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
-- Format main title.
+
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
+
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
Title = mw.ustring.gsub (Title, '(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
+
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.') then -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism
+
Chapter = Title;
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character
+
Chapter_origin = 'title';
end
+
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
+
ChapterURL = URL;
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
+
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 +
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
 +
URL_origin = '';
 +
ChapterFormat = Format;
 +
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
 +
Title = BookTitle;
 +
Format = '';
 +
-- TitleLink = '';
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
URL = '';
 +
end
 +
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
 +
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
 
end
 
end
  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
+
-- cite map oddities
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
+
local Cartography = "";
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
+
local Scale = "";
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
+
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
+
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
+
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
end
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
+
Chapter = A['Map'];
else
+
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
+
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
+
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
end
+
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
 +
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
  
local TransError = "";
+
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
if is_set(TransTitle) then
+
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
if is_set(Title) then
+
 
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
+
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
else
+
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
+
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
+
end
end
+
Scale = A['Scale'];
+
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
if is_set(Title) then
+
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
 
 
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
 
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
 
Format = "";
 
else
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
 
end
 
end
else
 
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
 
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(Place) then
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
end
+
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
  
if is_set (Conference) then
+
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
 
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
  
if not is_set(Position) then
+
local Network = A['Network'];
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
+
local Station = A['Station'];
local Time = A['Time'];
+
local s, n = {}, {};
 +
-- do common parameters first
 +
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 +
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
 +
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 +
 +
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
 +
local Season = A['Season'];
 +
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
  
if is_set(Minutes) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
if is_set (Time) then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
+
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 
end
 
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
+
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
else
+
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Time) then
+
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
+
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
+
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
+
if sepc ~= '.' then
+
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
+
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
end
+
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
end
+
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 +
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
 +
 +
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 +
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 +
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
 +
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
 +
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
 
end
 
end
end
+
URL = ''; -- unset
else
+
TransTitle = '';
Position = " " .. Position;
+
ScriptTitle = '';
At = '';
+
end
+
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 
+
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
+
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 +
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
 +
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
 +
end
 +
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 +
end
 +
end
 +
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
  
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
+
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
+
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
local Section = A['Section'];
+
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
local Sections = A['Sections'];
+
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
local Inset = A['Inset'];
 
 
if is_set( Inset ) then
 
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 
elseif is_set( Section ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
 
end
 
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
+
end
end
 
  
if is_set (Language) then
+
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
+
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
else
+
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
 
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
 
]]
 
 
end
 
end
  
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
+
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
+
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
if is_set (Translators) then
+
 
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others;
+
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
end
+
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
if is_set (Interviewers) then
+
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others;
+
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
end
+
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
+
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
+
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
if is_set (Edition) then
+
else
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
+
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
 
 
end
 
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 
 
else
 
else
Edition = '';
+
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
 
end
 
end
  
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
+
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
 
 
 
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
 
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
 
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
 
if is_set(Via) then
 
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
 
end
 
  
 
--[[
 
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
+
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
+
we get the date used in the metadata.
 
 
 +
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 
]]
 
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
+
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
+
local error_message = '';
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
+
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
+
local date_parameters_list = {
else
+
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
+
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
end
+
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
 +
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
 +
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
 +
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
 +
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
 +
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
 +
};
  
if is_set(AccessDate) then
+
local error_list = {};
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
+
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
  
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
+
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
+
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
 +
end
 +
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
  
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
+
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
end
+
local mismatch = validation.year_date_check (Year, Date);
+
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
+
table.insert (error_list, '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch</code>');
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
+
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat
end
+
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
+
end
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
+
end
+
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
 +
local modified = false; -- flag
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
 +
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
 +
end
  
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
+
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
 +
modified = true;
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
 +
end
 +
 +
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
 +
-- uncomment the next three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
 +
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
 +
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
 +
-- modified = true;
 +
-- end
  
if is_set(URL) then
+
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
+
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
end
+
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
 +
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
 +
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
 +
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
 +
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
 +
end
 +
else
 +
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message
 +
end
 +
end -- end of do
  
if is_set(Quote) then
+
local ID_list_coins = identifiers.extract_ids (args); -- gets identifiers and their values from args; this list used for COinS and source for build_id_list()
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
+
if utilities.is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list_coins['DOI'] then
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
+
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});
 
end
 
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
+
local ID_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels (args, ID_list_coins);
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
+
local ID_list = identifiers.build_id_list (ID_list_coins, {IdAccessLevels = ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}); -- render identifiers
end
 
 
 
local Archived
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
+
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
+
 
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
+
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
+
 
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
+
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
+
 
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
+
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
 +
    if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
 +
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
 +
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
 +
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 +
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
 +
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 +
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 +
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
 +
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
 +
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
+
end
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
+
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
+
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
 
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
else
 
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 
end
 
else
 
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 
else
 
Archived = ""
 
 
end
 
end
+
 
local Lay = '';
+
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
if is_set(LayURL) then
+
-- Test if citation has no title
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
+
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
if is_set(LaySource) then  
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
+
end
else
+
 
LaySource = "";
+
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
end
+
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
if sepc == '.' then
+
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
+
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
else
+
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
 
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(Transcript) then
+
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
+
['title']=Title,
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
+
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
 +
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
 +
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
 +
});
 +
 
 +
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
 +
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
 +
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
 +
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
 +
 +
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
 +
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
 +
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
 +
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 +
coins_title = Periodical;
 
end
 
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
 
 
end
 
end
 +
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
 +
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
 +
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
 +
end
 +
 +
-- this is the function call to COinS()
 +
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
 +
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
 +
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
 +
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
 +
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
 +
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
 +
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
 +
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
 +
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
 +
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
 +
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
 +
['Series'] = Series,
 +
['Volume'] = Volume,
 +
['Issue'] = Issue,
 +
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
 +
['Edition'] = Edition,
 +
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
 +
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 +
['Authors'] = coins_author,
 +
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
 +
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 +
}, config.CitationClass);
  
local Publisher;
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
+
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
 
end
 
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
+
 
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
+
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
+
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
else
+
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
 
end
 
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
 
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
end
 
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
 
if is_set(Periodical) then
 
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
 
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
else
 
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
+
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
+
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
]]
+
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
+
do
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
+
local last_first_list;
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
+
local control = {
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
+
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
+
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 +
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 +
mode = Mode
 +
};
 +
 
 +
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
 +
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
 +
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 +
Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
if editor_etal then
 +
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
 +
end
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 +
else
 +
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
end
 
end
end
 
end
 
  
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
+
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
+
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
+
end
 
+
end
local tcommon;
+
do -- now do interviewers
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
+
control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal);
+
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
+
end
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
+
do -- now do translators
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
+
control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal);
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
+
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
+
end
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
+
do -- now do contributors
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
+
control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal);
else
+
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
 
end
 
end
 +
do -- now do authors
 +
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 +
 +
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
  
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
+
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
+
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
+
if author_etal then
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
+
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
+
end
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
+
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
+
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 +
end
 +
end -- end of do
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
 +
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
 
end
 
end
 
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
  
else -- all other CS1 templates
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
 
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
end
 
 
if #ID_list > 0 then
 
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
 
else
 
ID_list = ID;
 
 
end
 
end
 
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 
local text;
 
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
  
if is_set(Date) then
+
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
+
-- an error message if the associated URL is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
+
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
else -- neither of authors and editors set
+
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
+
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
+
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
else
+
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
+
 
end
+
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
 +
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
 +
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
end
+
if is_set(Authors) then
+
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
+
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 +
AccessDate = '';
 
end
 
end
if is_set(Editors) then
+
end
local in_text = " ";
+
 
local post_text = "";
+
local OriginalURL, OriginalURL_origin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
+
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
+
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if (sepc ~= '.') then
+
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
+
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
end
+
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
else
+
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
 
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
+
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
else
+
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
+
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
end
+
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
+
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
 
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
 
end
 
end
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
+
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
+
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
 +
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
 +
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
 +
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 +
 
 +
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
 +
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
 +
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
 +
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 +
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
 
end
 
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
+
end
else
+
end
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
+
 
end
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
elseif is_set(Editors) then
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set(Date) then
+
local chap_param;
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
else
+
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
 +
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
 +
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
 +
TransChapter = '';
 +
ChapterURL = '';
 +
ScriptChapter = '';
 +
ChapterFormat = '';
 
end
 
end
else
+
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
+
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
else
+
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
+
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
+
 
else
+
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
+
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
else
+
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
+
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 +
end
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
 +
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
 
end
 
 
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
  
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
+
-- Format main title
local options = {};
+
local plain_title = false;
+
local accept_title;
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
+
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
options.class = config.CitationClass;
+
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
+
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
else
+
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
options.class = "citation";
+
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
end
+
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
+
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
local id = Ref
+
end
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
+
 
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
+
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
+
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
 +
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
 +
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
 +
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
 +
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
 +
end
  
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
+
if is_generic_title (Title) then
namelist = c; -- select it
+
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
 
namelist = a;
 
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
 
namelist = e;
 
end
 
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
 
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
 
else
 
id = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
options.id = id;
 
 
end
 
end
 
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
 
z.error_categories = {};
 
text = set_error('empty_citation');
 
z.message_tail = {};
 
end
 
 
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
  
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
+
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
 +
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
 +
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
 +
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 +
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 
else
 
else
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
+
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
end
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 +
end
  
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
+
local TransError = "";
 +
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
 +
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 +
else
 +
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
 +
end
 +
end
  
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
+
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
table.insert (render, ' ');
+
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both
if is_set(v[1]) then
+
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
if i == #z.message_tail then
+
end
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
+
else
+
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
+
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
end
+
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
 +
Format = "";
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
 +
local ws_url;
 +
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
 +
if ws_url then
 +
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 +
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 +
else
 +
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 +
end
 +
else
 +
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
 +
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'"](.-)[\'"]', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
 +
if ws_url then
 +
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
 +
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 +
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 +
else
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
 
end
 
end
  
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
+
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
+
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 
table.insert (render, v);
 
table.insert (render, ' (');
 
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
 
table.insert (render, ') ');
 
end
 
table.insert (render, '</span>');
 
 
end
 
end
+
 
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
+
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
+
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
+
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
 
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
 
end
 
end
 +
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
 +
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
 
end
 
end
  
return table.concat (render);
+
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
end
+
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 +
local Time = A['Time'];
  
 
+
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
+
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
 
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
+
end
 
+
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
]]
+
else
 
+
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
function cs1.citation(frame)
+
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
+
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
local pframe = frame:getParent()
+
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
+
if sepc ~= '.' then
+
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
+
end
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
+
end
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
+
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
+
end
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
+
end
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
+
else
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
+
Position = " " .. Position;
+
At = '';
else -- otherwise
+
end
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
+
 
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
+
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
+
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
+
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
+
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
+
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
end
+
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
 
+
local Inset = A['Inset'];
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
+
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
+
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
+
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
+
end
 
+
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
+
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
+
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
+
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
+
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
+
end
 
+
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
end
in_array = utilities.in_array;
+
 
substitute = utilities.substitute;
+
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
+
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
set_error = utilities.set_error;
+
else
select_one = utilities.select_one;
+
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
+
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
+
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
+
]]
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
+
end
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
+
 
 
+
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
 
+
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
+
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
+
end
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
+
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
+
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
+
end
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
+
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
+
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
COinS = metadata.COinS;
+
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
 
+
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text', 'edition'); -- add maint cat
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
+
end
local error_text, error_state;
+
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 
+
else
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
+
Edition = '';
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
+
end
config[k] = v;
+
 
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
+
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
 +
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
 +
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
 +
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 +
 
 +
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
 +
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
 +
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 +
 
 +
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
 +
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
 +
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 +
 
 +
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
 +
end
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
 +
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
 +
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
 +
end
 +
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 +
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
 +
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
 +
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
 +
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 +
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
 +
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
 +
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 +
end
 +
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
 +
local quote_prefix = '';
 +
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
 +
if not NoPP then
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
 +
else
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
 +
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 +
elseif not NoPP then
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 +
else
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 +
end
 +
end
 +
                       
 +
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
 +
else
 +
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
 +
end
 +
 +
local Archived
 +
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
 +
local arch_text;
 +
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
 +
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
 +
end
 +
if "live" == UrlStatus then
 +
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
 +
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 +
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
 +
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');  
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
 +
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
 +
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
 +
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
end
 +
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
 +
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
 +
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 +
end
 +
else -- OriginalUrl not set
 +
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
 +
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 +
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 +
else
 +
Archived = ""
 +
end
 +
 +
local Lay = '';
 +
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
 +
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
 +
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
 +
else
 +
LaySource = "";
 +
end
 +
if sepc == '.' then
 +
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 +
else
 +
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 +
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
 +
end
 +
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local Publisher;
 +
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
 +
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
 +
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
 +
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
 +
else
 +
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[
 +
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
 +
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
 +
]]
 +
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 +
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
 +
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 +
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 +
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
 +
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
 +
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 +
 
 +
local tcommon;
 +
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
 +
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
 +
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
 +
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 +
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 +
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
 +
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 +
 
 +
else -- all other CS1 templates
 +
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
 +
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
 +
if #ID_list > 0 then
 +
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
ID_list = ID;
 +
end
 +
 +
local idcommon;
 +
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
 +
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 +
end
 +
 +
local text;
 +
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
 +
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
 +
else -- neither of authors and editors set
 +
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
 +
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
 +
else
 +
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
 +
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
 +
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 +
local in_text = " ";
 +
local post_text = "";
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
 +
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
 +
if (sepc ~= '.') then
 +
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
 +
else
 +
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
 +
end
 +
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
 +
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 +
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 +
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 +
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 +
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
 +
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 +
else
 +
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 +
else
 +
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 +
end
 +
end
 +
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
 +
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 +
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 +
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
 +
end
 +
 +
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 +
 
 +
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
 +
local options = {};
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
 +
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
 +
else
 +
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
 +
end
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set (Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
 +
local id = Ref
 +
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
 +
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 +
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 +
 
 +
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
 +
namelist = c; -- select it
 +
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
 +
namelist = a;
 +
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
 +
namelist = e;
 +
end
 +
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
 +
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
 +
else
 +
id = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
end
 +
options.id = id;
 +
end
 +
 +
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
 +
z.error_categories = {};
 +
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
 +
z.message_tail = {};
 +
end
 +
 +
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
 +
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
 +
else
 +
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
 +
end
 +
 
 +
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
 +
 
 +
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
 +
table.insert (render, ' ');
 +
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
 +
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
 +
if i == #z.message_tail then
 +
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
 +
else
 +
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
 +
local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message
 +
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
 +
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
 +
table.insert (maint, utilities.make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link
 +
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
 +
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
 +
end
 +
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
 +
end
 +
 +
if not no_tracking_cats then
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
 +
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
 +
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 +
end
 +
elseif 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then -- peculiar special case; can't track nocat without tracking nocat
 +
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:CS1 maint: nocat')); -- hand-set this category because it is supposed to be temporary
 +
end
 +
 
 +
return table.concat (render);
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 +
 
 +
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 +
true - active, supported parameters
 +
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 +
nil - unsupported parameters
 +
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
 +
local name = tostring (name);
 +
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
 +
local state;
 +
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
if empty then return nil; end -- deprecated empty parameters are treated as unknowns
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
return nil;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
 +
return nil;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 +
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
-- limited enumerated parameters list
 +
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
 +
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 +
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 +
 
 +
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
 +
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
end -- if here, fall into general validation
 +
 +
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
 +
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
 +
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 +
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
 +
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
 +
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 +
 
 +
return value as is else
 +
 
 +
]=]
 +
 
 +
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
 +
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
 +
local _;
 +
 +
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message
 +
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
 +
end
 +
return value;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 +
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
 +
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
 +
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
 +
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
 +
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
 +
tags are removed before the search.
 +
 
 +
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
 +
local capture;
 +
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 +
 
 +
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
 +
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
 +
if 'number' == type (param) then
 +
return;
 +
end
 +
 +
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
 +
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
 +
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
 +
end
 +
 +
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function citation(frame)
 +
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
 +
local pframe = frame:getParent()
 +
local styles;
 +
 +
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 +
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
 +
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
 +
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
 +
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
 +
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
 +
 +
else -- otherwise
 +
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
 +
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
 +
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
 +
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
 +
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
 +
end
 +
 
 +
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
 +
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 +
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
 +
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 +
 
 +
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 +
 
 +
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
 +
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
 +
local error_text, error_state;
 +
 
 +
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
 +
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
 +
config[k] = v;
 +
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
 
end
 
end
  
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
+
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
 +
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
 +
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
 
if v ~= '' then
 
if v ~= '' then
 +
if ('string' == type (k)) then
 +
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
 +
end
 
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
 
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
 
error_text = "";
 
error_text = "";
 
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
 
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
+
-- exclude empty numbered parameters
 
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
 
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
 
end
 
end
 
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
 
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
 
else
 
else
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
Line 3,528: Line 4,027:
 
end
 
end
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
+
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
+
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
+
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
 +
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
 +
else
 +
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
 +
v = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
+
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
 
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
 
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
 
else
 
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
 
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
end
 
end
Line 3,547: Line 4,051:
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
+
 
+
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
args[k] = v;
+
 
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
+
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
args[k] = v;
+
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
end
+
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
 +
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
 +
end
 +
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
 +
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
 +
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
 +
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
 +
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
 +
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
 +
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
 +
}, true )});
 +
end
  
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
+
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
 
end
 
end
 +
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
 +
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
 +
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
end
 
end
return citation0( config, args)
+
 
 +
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
 
end
 
end
  
return cs1;
+
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
return {citation = citation};

Latest revision as of 05:11, 17 December 2020

<section begin=header /> Lua error in package.lua at line 80: module 'strict' not found. Lua error in package.lua at line 80: module 'strict' not found. Lua error in package.lua at line 80: module 'strict' not found. <section end=header />

This module and associated sub-modules support the Citation Style 1 and Citation Style 2 citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates. <section begin=module_components_table /> These files comprise the module support for CS1|2 citation templates:

CS1 | CS2 modules
live sandbox description
Gold padlock Module:Citation/CS1 Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox [edit] Rendering and support functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox [edit] Translation tables; error and identifier handlers
Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox [edit] List of active and deprecated CS1|2 parameters
Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation/sandbox [edit] Date format validation functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox [edit] Functions that support the named identifiers (ISBN, DOI, PMID, etc.)
Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox [edit] Common functions and tables
Module:Citation/CS1/COinS Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox [edit] Functions that render a CS1|2 template's metadata
Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css [edit] CSS styles applied to the CS1|2 templates
Silver padlock Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox [edit] List that maps common erroneous parameter names to valid parameter names

<section end=module_components_table />

Other documentation:

testcases



require('Module:No globals');

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------

each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit

]]

local validation;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local utilities;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z ={};																	-- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local identifiers;																-- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata;																	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat;														-- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs;															-- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category

local Frame;																	-- holds the module's frame table


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source)
	if not added_vanc_errs then
		added_vanc_errs = true;													-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then											-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end

	if domain:match ('^%a+:') then												-- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
		return false;
	end

	local patterns = {															-- patterns that look like URLs
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$',										-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$',									-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$',													-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%a][iq]%.net$',														-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$',													-- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
		'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$',												-- two character hostname and TLD
		'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?',								-- IPv4 address
		}

	for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do										-- loop through the patterns list
		if domain:match (pattern) then
			return true;														-- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
		end
	end

	for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do					-- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
		if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
			return true
		end
	end
	return false;																-- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if utilities.is_set (scheme) then											-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		if utilities.is_set (authority) then
			authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);							-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
			if utilities.is_set(authority) then									-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		else
			if not scheme:match ('^news:') then									-- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
	if utilities.is_set (link) then 											-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then										-- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
			local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower();						-- get the interwiki prefix

			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then									-- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
				orig = lorig;													-- flag as error
			end
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (orig) then
		link = '';																-- unset
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)});	-- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
	
	return link;																-- link if ok, empty string else
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('//%S+') then											-- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
			if utilities.is_set(error_message) then								-- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
				error_message = error_message .. ", ";							-- ... add a comma space separator
			end
			error_message = error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "=";				-- add the failed parameter
		end
	end
	if utilities.is_set (error_message) then									-- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
	local error_str = "";
	local domain;
	local path;
	local base_url;

	if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
			error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'});					-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
		URL = table.concat ({domain, path});									-- and reassemble
	end

	base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" });		-- assemble a wiki-markup URL

	if utilities.is_set (access) then											-- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
		base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url});	-- add the appropriate icon
	end
	
	return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not added_deprecated_cat then
		added_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );	-- add error message
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap = '';
	local cap2 = '';
	local wl_type, label, link;

	wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str);							-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
	
	if 1 == wl_type then														-- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
		if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then		-- leading and trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]')	then			-- leading quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then				-- trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
		end

	else																		-- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"');							-- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\'');							-- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

		cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");				-- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
		end
	
		cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")				-- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
		end
		
		if 2 == wl_type then
			str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label);						-- reassemble the wikilink
		else
			str = label;
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then									-- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } );		-- prefix without 'title'; add error message
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if utilities.is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
			else
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } );	-- unknown script-language; add error message
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } );		-- invalid language code; add error message
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } );				-- no language code prefix; add error message
	end
	script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is RTL

	return script_value;
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
	if utilities.is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script, script_param);					-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
		if utilities.is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return utilities.substitute ( msg, str );								-- including template text
	else
		return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >----------------------------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str)
	local wl_type, D, L;
	local ws_url, ws_label;
	local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});

	wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str);								-- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

	if 0 == wl_type then														-- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 1 == wl_type then													-- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 2 == wl_type then													-- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
		str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_label = D;														-- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
				});
		end
	end
	
	if ws_url then
		ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI');								-- make a usable URL
		ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#');										-- undo percent encoding of fragment marker
	end

	return ws_url, ws_label, L or D;											-- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >--------------------------------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-
parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
	local periodical_error = '';

	if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
		periodical = '';														-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical);			-- style 
	end

	periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
		trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
		if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
			periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
		else																	-- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
			periodical = trans_periodical;
			periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
		end
	end

	return periodical .. periodical_error;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
	local chapter_error = '';

	local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter);					-- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
	if ws_url then
		ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', '');										-- replace underscore separaters with space characters
		chapter = ws_label;
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);									-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
		chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	elseif ws_url then
		chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter');	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
		chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});				
	end

	if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
		trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
		if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
		else																	-- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = trans_chapter;
			chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)');		-- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
			chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
		end
	end

	return chapter .. chapter_error;
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local dummy;																-- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local i = 1;
	local stripmarker, apostrophe;
	
	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no Unicode characters
		return;
	end

	while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
		local char = cfg.invisible_chars[i][1]									-- the character or group name
		local pattern = cfg.invisible_chars[i][2]									-- the pattern used to find it
		position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern)					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then						-- if we found a zero-width joiner character
			if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then						-- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			end
		end
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or						-- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
				('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then	-- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
					stripmarker = true;											-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then				-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
				else
					err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
				end

				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } );	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
		i = i+1;																-- bump our index
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper ( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap = '';
	local cap2 = '';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
		if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
			title_type = '';													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------

Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
	letter - letter (A - B)
	digit - digit (4-5)
	digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
	letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
	digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)

any other forms are returned unmodified.

str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list

]]

local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not utilities.is_set (str) then
		return str;
	end

	local accept;																-- Boolean
	str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str);						-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
	if accept then
		return str;																-- when markup removed, nothing to do, we're done
	end

	str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'});		-- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
	str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-');												-- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
	str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' ');												-- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character
	
	local out = {};
	local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*');								-- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any

	for _, item in ipairs (list) do												-- for each item in the list
		if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then	-- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
			if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or			-- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
				item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or			-- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
				item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or			-- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
				item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or								-- digit hyphen digit
				item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then							-- letter hyphen letter
					item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2');	-- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
			else
				item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–');				-- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
			end
		end
		item = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item);							-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
		table.insert (out, item);												-- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
	end

	return table.concat (out, ', ');											-- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	local f = {};																-- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
		if 1 == #duplicate_char then											-- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
			f.gsub = string.gsub
			f.match = string.match
			f.sub = string.sub
		else																	-- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
			f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
			f.match = mw.ustring.match
			f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
		end

	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then										-- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then							-- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1);									-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = f.sub(str, 1, -2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''";						-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then	-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then	-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link 
						trim = true;
					elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then		-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then	-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then			-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end	-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )		-- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
					else
						value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 );							-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------

returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.  Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
	if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
		return true;
	end
	return false;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix)
	if not suffix then
		if first:find ('[,%s]') then											-- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
			first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+');									-- get name/initials
			suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$');								-- get generational suffix
		end
	end
	if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
		if not is_suffix (suffix) then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);
			return false;														-- not a name with an appropriate suffix
		end
	end
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
		nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char']);
			return false;														-- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

	if not name then															-- if not initials and a suffix
		name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$");								-- is it just initials?
	end

	if name then																-- if first is initials with or without suffix
		if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then										-- if one or two initials
			if suffix then														-- if there is a suffix
				if is_suffix (suffix) then										-- is it legitimate?
					return first;												-- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
				else
					add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);					-- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
					return first;												-- and return first unmolested
				end
			else
				return first;													-- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
			end
		end
	end																			-- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

	local initials, names = {}, {};												-- tables to hold name parts and initials
	local i = 1;																-- counter for number of initials

	names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+');									-- split into a table of names and possible suffix

	while names[i] do															-- loop through the table
		if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then				-- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
			names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove terminal dot if present
			if is_suffix (names[i]) then										-- if a legitimate suffix
				table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]);						-- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
				break;															-- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
			end																	-- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
		end
		if 3 > i then
			table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1));				-- insert the initial at end of initials table
		end
		i = i+1;																-- bump the counter
	end
			
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) 

names in the list will be linked when
	|<name>-link= has a value
	|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]

local function list_people (control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format;
	local maximum = control.maximum;
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;							-- TODO: delete after deprecation
	local name_list = {};

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like name styling?
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc'];									-- name-list separator between names is a comma
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc'];							-- last/first separator is a space
		lastauthoramp = nil;												-- TODO: delete after deprecation	-- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style
	else
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl'];										-- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name'];									-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end		-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
	
	for i, person in ipairs (people) do
		if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask;
			local one;
			local sep_one = sep;

			if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			end
			
			if mask then
				local n = tonumber (mask);										-- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
				if n then
					one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;",n) or nil;			-- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
					person.link = nil;											-- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
				else
					one = mask;													-- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
					sep_one = " ";												-- modify name-list separator
				end
			else
				one = person.last;												-- get surname
				local first = person.first										-- get given name
				if utilities.is_set (first) then
					if ("vanc" == format) then									-- if Vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then		-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials (first);					-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first;
				end
			end
			if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
				one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one);				-- link author/editor
			end
			if one then															-- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
				table.insert (name_list, one);									-- add it to the list of names
				table.insert (name_list, sep_one);								-- add the proper name-list separator
			end
		end
	end

	local count = #name_list / 2;												-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if 0 < count then 
		if 1 < count and not etal then
			if 'amp' == format or utilities.is_set (lastauthoramp) then			-- TODO: delete lastauthoramp after deprecation
				name_list[#name_list-2] = " & ";								-- replace last separator with ampersand text
			elseif 'and' == format then
				if 2 == count then
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and;		-- replace last separator with 'and' text
				else
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end;		-- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
				end
			end
		end
		name_list[#name_list] = nil;											-- erase the last separator
	end

	local result = table.concat (name_list);									-- construct list
	if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then									-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];					-- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count;														-- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]

local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};																-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do												-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last 
		if i == 4 then break end												-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);													-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);												-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if utilities.is_set (id) then												-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

	if utilities.is_set (name) then												-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns;									--get patterns from configuration
		
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- loop through all of the patterns
			if name:match (pattern) then										-- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
				name = name:gsub (pattern, '');									-- remove the offending text
				etal = true;													-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
				if not nocat then												-- no categorization for |vauthors=
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})});	-- and set an error if not added
				end
			end
		end
	end

	return name, etal;
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >------------------------------------------------

Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so
|last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then								-- when name does not contain any letters
			utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
adds the editor markup maintenance category.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
	local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns;								-- get patterns from configuration

	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- spin through patterns table and
			if name:match (pattern) then
				utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
				break;
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are indicated
if there is more than one comma or any semicolons.  If found, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
	local _, commas, semicolons;
	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		_, commas = name:gsub (',', '');										-- count the number of commas
		_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', '');									-- count the number of semicolons
		
		if 1 < commas or 0 < semicolons then												
			utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint message
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
	local accept_name;

	if utilities.is_set (last) then
		last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last);				-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
		
		if not accept_name then													-- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_mult_names (last, list_name);								-- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
			name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name);								-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
			name_is_numeric (last, list_name);									-- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (first) then
		first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

		if not accept_name then														-- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name);								-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
			name_is_numeric (first, list_name);									-- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
		end
	end

	return last, first;															-- done
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names
	local last;																	-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;																-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;																-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;															-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias;									-- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
	while true do
		last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias);				-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias);			-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name);						-- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
		
		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first';	-- get first or given form of the alias
			table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
				first_alias,													-- param name of alias missing its mate
				first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}),	-- make param name appropriate to the alias form
				}, true ) } );													-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			local result;
			link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias);			-- check for improper wiki-markup
			if first then
				link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias);	-- check for improper wiki-markup
			end

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.

Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames()
can be found at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc

Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the WikiMedia language name.

Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
	Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
	if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then									-- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
		return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2];	-- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
	end

	local ietf_code;															-- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
	local ietf_name;
	
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang);										-- lower-case version for comparisons

	for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do									-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
			if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then									-- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
				return name, code;												-- so return the name and the code
			end
			ietf_code = code;													-- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
			ietf_name = name;													-- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
		end
	end
																				-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
	return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang;										-- associated name; return original language text else
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas with optional space characters.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local code;																	-- the two- or three-character language code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang
		name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()];								-- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap

		if name then															-- there was a remapped code so
			if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then						-- if not a private IETF tag
				lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1');						-- strip IETF tags from code
			end
		else
			lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1');							-- strip any IETF-like tags from code
			if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then							-- if two-or three-character code
				name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code);	-- get language name if |language= is a proper code
			end
		end

		if utilities.is_set (name) then											-- if |language= specified a valid code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code);			-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if utilities.is_set (code) then											-- only 2- or 3-character codes
			name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name;							-- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names

			if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then									-- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
				if 2 == code:len() then											-- and is a two-character code
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code});	-- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
				else															-- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code});		-- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
				end
			elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then								-- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code});		-- categorize it
			end
		else
			utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang');						-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
 
	name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);

	if this_wiki_name == name then
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
	--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
	ps gets:	'.'
	sep gets:	'.'

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not utilities.is_set (ps) then											-- unless explicitly set to something
		ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1'];										-- terminate the rendered citation
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps;										-- element separator
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
At en.wiki, for cs2:
	ps gets:	'' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
	sep gets:	','

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not utilities.is_set (ps) then											-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2'];										-- terminate the rendered citation
	end
	if not utilities.is_set (ref) then											-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref;								-- element separator
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end

	if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then							-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
		url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
		url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that
is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if utilities.is_set (format) then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format);						-- add leading space, parentheses, resize
		if not utilities.is_set (url) then
			format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');						-- set format to PDF
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >--------------------------------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if utilities.is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count then												-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)});	-- add error message
				max = nil;
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)});		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------

Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. 
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
	bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]';											-- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';

	if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text');								-- add maint cat;
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
	local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*");						-- names are separated by commas
	local wl_type, label, link;													-- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
	
	local i = 1;
	
	while name_table[i] do
		if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then						-- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
			local name = name_table[i];
			i = i + 1;																-- bump indexer to next segment
			while name_table[i] do
				name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i];							-- concatenate with previous segments
				if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then						-- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
					break;														-- and done reassembling so
				end
				i = i + 1;														-- bump indexer
			end
			table.insert (output_table, name);									-- and add corporate name to the output table
			table.insert (output_link_table, '');								-- no wikilink
		else
			wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]);		-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
			table.insert (output_table, label);									-- add this name
			if 1 == wl_type then
				table.insert (output_link_table, label);						-- simple wikilink [[D]]
			else
				table.insert (output_link_table, link);							-- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
			end
		end
		i = i + 1;
	end	
	return output_table;
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local v_link_table = {};													-- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table);		-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		first = '';																-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
		local accept_name;
		v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

--		if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then									-- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to suppress vanc formatting and error detection
--			last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')								-- remove doubled parentheses
		if accept_name then
			last = v_name;
			corporate = true;													-- flag used in list_people()
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			if v_name:find('[;%.]') then										-- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; 
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation);
			end
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

			if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then						-- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
				suffix = first;													-- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
				first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);							-- get what should be the initials from the table
			end
			last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ')							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
			if not utilities.is_set (last) then
				first = '';														-- unset
				last = v_name;													-- last empty because something wrong with first
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name);
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']);				-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then						-- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name);							-- matches a space between two initials
			end
		else
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
		
		if utilities.is_set (first) then
			if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then						-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials);						-- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
			end
			is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix);							-- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
			if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
				first = first .. ' ' .. suffix;									-- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
				suffix = '';													-- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
			end
		else
			if not corporate then
				is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
			end
		end

		link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
	local lastfirst = false;
	if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst = true;
	end

	if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or					-- these are the three error conditions
		(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
				{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } );				-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
	if not utilities.is_set (value) then
		return ret_val;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
		return cfg.keywords_xlate[value];										-- return translation of parameter keyword
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return ret_val;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then					-- if already properly terminated
		return name_list;														-- just return the name list
	elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terminate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return '';
	end
	
	if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
		if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
		elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
		else
			return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
		end
	end

	if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
	end

	local vol = '';																-- here for all cites except magazine
		
	if utilities.is_set (volume) then
		if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then			-- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
			vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});	-- render in bold face
		elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then								-- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
			vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});	-- not bold
			utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
		else																	-- four or less characters
			vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});	-- bold
		end
	end
	if utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
	end
	return vol;
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	
	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then							-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. 

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to and external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?  

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)
	local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L;										-- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
			pages = '';															-- unset the others
			at = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (page);										-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page);						-- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if utilities.is_set (at) then
			at = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (pages);										-- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages);						-- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at);							-- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	end
	
	return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
	|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.org URL
	
	if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then		-- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
		return url, date;														-- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
		url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1);				-- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
	elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
	else
		path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');	-- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
		
		if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then		-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
			if '*' ~= flag then
				url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1)	-- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then					-- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then		-- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then		-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		else
			return url, date;													-- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
		end
	end
																				-- if here, something not right so
	table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } );	-- add error message and
	if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
		return '', '';															-- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	else
		return url, date;														-- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]

local function place_check (param_val)
	if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then									-- parameter empty or omitted
		return param_val;														-- return that empty state
	end
	
	if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then									-- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
		utilities.set_message ('maint_location');								-- yep, add maint cat
	end
	
	return param_val;															-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns.  Returns true when pattern matches; nil else

the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
index [1].  index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

]]

local function is_generic_title (title)
	title = mw.ustring.lower(title);											-- switch title to lower case
	for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do	--spin through the list of known generic title fragments
		if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
			return true;														-- found English generic title so done
		elseif generic_title['local'] then										-- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
			if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then	-- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
				return true;													-- found local generic title so done
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]

local function is_archived_copy (title)
	title = mw.ustring.lower(title);											-- switch title to lower case
	if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then			-- if title is 'Archived copy'
		return true;
	elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
		if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then	-- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
			return true;
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	

	local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');

	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;

	local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
			if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then							-- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
				utilities.set_message ('maint_authors');						-- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
			end
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local Others = A['Others'];

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
	local Editors;

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Editors = A['Editors'];												-- use content of |editors=
		end
	end

	local translator_etal;
	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

	local interviewer_etal;
	local interviewers_list = {};												
	local Interviewers;															-- used later
	interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList');				-- process preferred interviewers parameters

	local contributor_etal;
	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list

	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];												-- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
	local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
	local Contribution;															-- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
		if 'contribution' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
			Contribution = A['Chapter'];										-- get the name of the contribution
		end

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then							-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')});	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')});	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')});	-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Others) then
		if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then												-- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
			utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
		end
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];

	local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
	local accept_link;
	TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
	if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
		auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
		TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
	end

	TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local Section = '';															-- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
		if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
			Section = A['Chapter'];												-- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
			Chapter = '';														-- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
		end

	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
	local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

	local ArchiveDate;
	local ArchiveURL;

	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
	
	local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');

	local URL = A['URL']
	local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL

	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = '';
	if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
		Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');								-- get the name of the periodical parameter
		local i;
		Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical);			-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated 
		if i then																-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
		end
	end

	if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then	-- both set emit an error
			table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
		end

		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];											-- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
		Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
	end

	local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
	local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');

	-- web and news not tested for now because of 
	-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
	if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then	-- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
	--	local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'};	-- for error message
		local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'};			-- for error message
		if p[config.CitationClass]  then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
		end
	end

	local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
	local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');

	local Series = A['Series'];
	
	local Volume;
	local Issue;
	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;

	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then	-- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
			if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then					-- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		else
			Volume = A['Volume'];												-- and does for non-'periodical' cites
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then	-- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end	

	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or	-- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
			utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
				Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then	-- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
		if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
			Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	end

	local Position = '';
	if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);	
		At = A['At'];
	end

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
	local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		local i = 0;
		PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName);	-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
		if i then																-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
		end
	end

	local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup'];											-- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
	local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');	

	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then								-- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
			local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
			if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
			end				
		end

		PublisherName = nil;													-- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
	end

	local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
		if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
			UrlAccess = nil;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
		end
		
	local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
		ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
	end

	local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
		MapUrlAccess = nil;
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
	end

	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];

	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = is_valid_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN('IgnoreISBN'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local Quote = A['Quote'];
	local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
	local QuotePages = A['QuotePages'];
	local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
	local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = is_valid_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN('LastAuthorAmp'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
	if 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then				
		utilities.set_message ('maint_nocat');									-- this one so that we get the message; see main categorization at end of citation0()
	end
	
	--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;														-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification

	local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
	if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
		DF = cfg.global_df;														-- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
	end

	local sepc;																	-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref = A['Ref'];
	if 'harv' == Ref then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv');								-- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
	elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
		Ref = 'harv';															-- set as default when not set externally
	end
	
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); 											-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

	-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then								-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end
																				-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters');	-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local coins_pages;
	
	Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);

	local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test');								-- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
		if PublicationPlace == Place then
			Place = '';															-- unset; don't need both if they are the same
		end
	elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
		PublicationPlace = Place;												-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end

	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end							-- don't need both if they are the same
	
	--[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
		|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=

		|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
		|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
	
	]]

	local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];										-- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS

	if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then										-- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
		if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
			Encyclopedia = nil;													-- unset because not supported by this template
		end
	end

	if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then	-- when both set emit an error
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
		end

		if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
			Periodical = Encyclopedia;											-- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
			Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
		end

		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
			if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL')

					ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;

					if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then								-- |title= not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

	-- special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then									-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not utilities.is_set (ID) then									-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];												-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
			end
		end	
	end

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
			Chapter_origin = 'title';
	--		ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapter-link= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
			URL_origin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
	--		TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

	-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } );	-- add error message
		end
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
		ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')

		ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then	-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias |episode-link=
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- link but not URL
				Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
			end
			Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);				-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
	-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

	-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then				-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then										-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);	-- display it in parentheses
	-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
	end

	-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
 	local Date_origin;															-- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging

	if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate');							-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		else
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year');										-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		end
	else
		Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date');											-- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

	--[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {
			['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
			['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
			['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
			['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
			['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
			['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
			['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
			['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
			};

		local error_list = {};
		anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);

-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
		if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
			utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
		end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization

		if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then				-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = validation.year_date_check (Year, Date);
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				table.insert (error_list, '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch</code>');
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_year');						-- add a maint cat
			end
		end
		
		if 0 == #error_list then												-- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
			local modified = false;												-- flag
			
			if utilities.is_set (DF) then										-- if we need to reformat dates
				modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF);	-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
			end

			if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then	-- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
				modified = true;
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format');					-- hyphens were converted so add maint category
			end
			
	-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
	-- uncomment the next three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
	-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
	--		if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
	--			modified = true;
	--		end

			if modified then													-- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val;			-- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
				Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
				LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
			end
		else
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)});	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

	local ID_list_coins = identifiers.extract_ids (args);						-- gets identifiers and their values from args; this list used for COinS and source for build_id_list()
		if utilities.is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list_coins['DOI'] then
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});
		end
	local ID_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels (args, ID_list_coins);
	local ID_list = identifiers.build_id_list (ID_list_coins, {IdAccessLevels = ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class});	-- render identifiers
	
	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
		if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then 	-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)});	-- add error message
		end

		Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
	end

	-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
    		if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
 	 		if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
		 		URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
 				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
			end
 	 	end

		if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then		-- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );	-- add an error message
			AccessDate = '';													-- unset
		end
	end

	-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then	-- has special case for cite episode
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
			utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
			(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
			('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then	-- special case for journal cites
				Title = '';														-- set title to empty string
				utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');						-- add maint cat
	end

	check_for_url ({															-- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
		['title']=Title,
		[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
		[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
		[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
		});

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end

	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
		['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical),		-- no markup in the metadata
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,										-- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
		['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),	-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),		-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '',	-- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)),	-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup,							-- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then	-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

	-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
		PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
	end

	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListStyle,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			mode = Mode
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
			control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
			last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

			if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
				Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors');	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if editor_etal then
					Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
				end
				EditorCount = 2;												-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			else
				Editors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do interviewers
			control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal);
			Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal);
			Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal);
			Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

			last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

			if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors');	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

	end

	-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
	-- an error message if the associated URL is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

	-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or		-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then	-- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then		-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalURL_origin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
	UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower();												-- used later when assembling archived text
	if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
		if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then 									-- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin;								-- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |chapter-format=

			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's URL
				ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
				ChapterUrlAccess = nil;											-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin;									-- name of URL parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format; 											-- and original |format=
			OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;

			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then											-- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's URL
				URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
				UrlAccess = nil;												-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
 		end
	end

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then									-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
			else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then								-- if we found one
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } );	-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then						-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then							-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title
	local plain_title = false;
	local accept_title;
	Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true);		-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
	if accept_title and ('' == Title) then										-- only support forced empty for now "(())"
		Title = cfg.messages['notitle'];										-- replace by predefined "No title" message
			-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...);	-- issue proper error message instead of muting	 
			ScriptTitle = '';													-- just mute for now	 
			TransTitle = '';													-- just mute for now
 		plain_title = true;														-- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
		utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');								-- add maint cat
	end

	if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
		if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then											-- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
			Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1');							-- limit the number of dots to three
		elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and					-- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
			not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then						-- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
				Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', '');			-- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
		end

		if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy');						-- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
		end

		if is_generic_title (Title) then
			table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } );	-- set an error message
		end
	end

	if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then		-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then								-- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	local TransError = "";
	if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Title) then											-- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
		if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );	-- set an error message because we can't have both
			TitleLink = '';														-- unset
		end
		
		if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
			local ws_url;
			ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink);							-- ignore ws_label return; not used here
			if ws_url then
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			else
				Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			end
		else
			local ws_url, ws_label, L;											-- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
			ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'"](.-)[\'"]', '%1'));	-- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
			if ws_url then
				Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label);							-- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			else
				Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			end
		end
	else
		Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
		if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Sections = A['Sections'];											-- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if utilities.is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
	end

	Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	
	TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text', 'edition');				-- add maint cat
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or "";	-- not the same as SeriesNum
	OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
	Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';

	if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if mode is cs2, lower case
		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);				-- add retrieved text

		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
		ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then		-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	if utilities.is_set (URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then

		if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
			if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then			-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
				Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2);										-- strip them off
			end
		end

		Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 	-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
	
		if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
			Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
		end

		if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
			if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
				TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
			end
			Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
		end

		if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then	-- add page prefix
			local quote_prefix = '';
			if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
				if not NoPP then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
				if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then				-- if only digits, assume single page
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				elseif not NoPP then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				end
			end
                        
			Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
		else
			Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
		end

		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
		local arch_text;
		if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "live" == UrlStatus then
			arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then								-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
			if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate;				-- format already styled
				if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
					utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown');				-- and add a category if not already added
				else
					utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit');						-- and add a category if not already added
				end
			else																-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
					{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
			end	
		else																	-- OriginalUrl not set
			arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, 
				{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
		if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then									-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
		if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
		PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		else
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
		end			
	elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then 
		Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
	else 
		Publisher = PublicationDate;
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		else 
			Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		end
	end

	--[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then									-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";												-- annotate the citation
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if utilities.is_set (Conference) then								-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";							-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
		if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end		-- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc );					-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then										-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then								-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon;
	if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then	-- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	else
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	end
	
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

	if utilities.is_set (Date) then
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then		-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " ";				-- in parentheses
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then						-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate;									-- Date does not begin with sepc
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate;							-- Date begins with sepc
			end
		end
	end	
	if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
		if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then									-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
				if (sepc ~= '.') then
					in_text = in_text:lower()									-- lowercase for cs2
				end
			end
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")";				-- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
			else
				post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
			end
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then		-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then								-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
		if utilities.is_set (Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); 								--Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1');	-- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
	else
		options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
		local id = Ref
		if ('harv' == Ref ) then
			local namelist = {};												-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
			local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);					-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

			if #c > 0 then														-- if there is a contributor list
				namelist = c;													-- select it
			elseif #a > 0 then													-- or an author list
				namelist = a;
			elseif #e > 0 then													-- or an editor list
				namelist = e;
			end
			if #namelist > 0 then												-- if there are names in namelist
				id = anchor_id (namelist, year);								-- go make the CITEREF anchor
			else
				id = '';														-- unset
			end
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then	-- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	local render = {};															-- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

	if utilities.is_set (options.id) then										-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}));	-- when |ref= is set
	else
		table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}));	-- all other cases
	end		

	table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}));	-- append metadata to the citation

	if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
		table.insert (render, ' ');
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
				else
					table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
		local maint_msgs = {};													-- here we collect all of the maint messages
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			local maint = {};													-- here we assemble a maintenence message
			table.insert (maint, v);											-- maint msg is the category name
			table.insert (maint, ' (');											-- open the link text
			table.insert (maint, utilities.make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));	-- add the link
			table.insert (maint, ')');											-- and close it
			table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint));					-- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
		end
		table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' ')));	-- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
	end
	
	if not no_tracking_cats then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append properties categories
			table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
	elseif 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then								-- peculiar special case; can't track nocat without tracking nocat
		table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:CS1 maint: nocat'));	-- hand-set this category because it is supposed to be temporary
	end

	return table.concat (render);	
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
	local name = tostring (name);
	local enum_name;															-- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
	local state;
	local function state_test (state, name)										-- local function to do testing of state values
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			if empty then return nil; end										-- deprecated empty parameters are treated as unknowns
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end
		return nil;
	end		

	if name:find ('#') then														-- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
		return nil;
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then	-- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
		state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name];					-- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

																				-- limited enumerated parameters list
		enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );										-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
		state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		return false;															-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
	end																			-- end limited parameter-set templates

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then 	-- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
		state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name];					-- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
	end																			-- if here, fall into general validation
		
	state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name];									-- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
	if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

																				-- all enumerated parameters allowed
	enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );											-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
	if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

	return false;																-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
	[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
	[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
	local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):');									-- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
	local _;
	
	if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then						-- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
		table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)});	-- emit an error message
		_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value);							-- extract label portion from wikilink
	end
	return value;
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}	-- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
	{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}}			-- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then										-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
	if 'number' == type (param) then
		return;
	end
	
	param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#');											-- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize 
	if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
		return;																	-- parameter name found in the skip table so done
	end
	
	if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct');							-- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

local function citation(frame)
	Frame = frame;																-- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local styles;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
		styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
		
	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
		styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
	end

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

	local args = {};															-- table where we store all of the template's arguments
	local suggestions = {};														-- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};															-- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do											-- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
		config[k] = v;
	--	args[k] = v;															-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	local empty_unknowns = {};													-- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do											-- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
		v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1');							-- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
		if v ~= '' then
			if ('string' == type (k)) then
				k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits);		-- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
			end
			if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then 
					error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );	-- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' );	-- use the sandbox version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = utilities.substitute (param, capture);		-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then		-- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
								error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true);	-- set the suggestion error message
							else
								error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {param}, true );	-- suggested param not supported by this template
								v = '';											-- unset
							end
						end
					end
					if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then					-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
						if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
							error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
						else
							error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
							v = '';												-- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
						end
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end

			args[k] = v;														-- save this parameter and its value

		elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then									-- for empty parameters
			if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then				-- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
				k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k;						-- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
				table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));	-- format for error message and add to the list
			end
																				-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
	--	elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then						-- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
	--		args[k] = v;														-- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
		end																		-- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
	end	

	if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then												-- create empty unknown error message
		table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
			1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
			utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
			}, true )});
	end

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);											-- look for invisible characters
		end
		has_extraneous_punc (k, v);												-- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
		missing_pipe_check (k, v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
		args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v);										-- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
	end

	return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D   F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {citation = citation};